xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision aa6fe5bf)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
411 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
412 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
413 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
414 */
415 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
416 
417 
418 /*
419 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
420 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
421 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
422 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
423 **
424 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
425 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
426 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
427 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
428 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
429 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
430 */
431 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
432 struct PagerSavepoint {
433   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
434   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
435   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
436   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
437   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
438   int bTruncateOnRelease;      /* If stmt journal may be truncated on RELEASE */
439 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
440   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
441 #endif
442 };
443 
444 /*
445 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
446 */
447 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
448 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
449 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
450 
451 /*
452 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
453 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
454 **
455 ** eState
456 **
457 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
458 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
459 **
460 ** eLock
461 **
462 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
463 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
464 **
465 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
466 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
467 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
468 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
469 **   need (and no reason to release them).
470 **
471 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
472 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
473 **   details.
474 **
475 ** changeCountDone
476 **
477 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
478 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
479 **   not updated more often than necessary.
480 **
481 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
482 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
483 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
484 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
485 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
486 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
487 **
488 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
489 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
490 **   committed.
491 **
492 ** setSuper
493 **
494 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
495 **   (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the
496 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
497 **
498 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects
499 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
500 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
501 **   If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is
502 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
503 **   it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
504 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
505 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
506 **
507 **   Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized
508 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
509 **   super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
510 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
511 **
512 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
513 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
514 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag
515 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
516 **
517 ** doNotSpill
518 **
519 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
520 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
521 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
522 **
523 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
524 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
525 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
526 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
527 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
528 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
529 **   case is a user preference.
530 **
531 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
532 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
533 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
534 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
535 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
536 **
537 ** subjInMemory
538 **
539 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
540 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
541 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
542 **
543 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
544 **   write-transaction is opened.
545 **
546 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
547 **
548 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
549 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
550 **   OPEN and ERROR).
551 **
552 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
553 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
554 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
555 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
556 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
557 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
558 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
559 **   to dbSize==1).
560 **
561 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
562 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
563 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
564 **   dbSize is updated.
565 **
566 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
567 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
568 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
569 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
570 **   being modified.
571 **
572 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
573 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
574 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
575 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
576 **
577 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
578 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
579 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
580 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
581 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
582 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
583 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
584 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
585 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
586 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
587 **
588 ** dbHintSize
589 **
590 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
591 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
592 **
593 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
594 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
595 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
596 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
597 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
598 **   details.
599 **
600 ** errCode
601 **
602 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
603 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
604 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
605 **   sub-codes.
606 **
607 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
608 **
609 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
610 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
611 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
612 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
613 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
614 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
615 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
616 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
617 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
618 */
619 struct Pager {
620   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
621   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
622   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
623   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
624   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
625   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
626   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
627   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
628   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
629   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
630   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
631   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
632   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
633 
634   /**************************************************************************
635   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
636   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
637   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
638   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
639   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
640   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
641   ** "configuration" of the pager.
642   */
643   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
644   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
645   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
646   u8 setSuper;                /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */
647   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
648   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
649   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
650   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
651   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
652   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
653   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
654   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
655   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
656   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
657   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
658   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
659   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
660   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
661   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
662   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
663   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
664   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
665   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
666   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
667   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
668   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
669   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
670 
671   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
672   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
673   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
674   /*
675   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
676   ***************************************************************************/
677 
678   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
679   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
680   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
681   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
682   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
683   i64 pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
684   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
685   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
686   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
687   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
688   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
689   int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
690 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
691   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
692 #endif
693   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
694   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
695   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
696   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
697 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
698   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
699   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
700 #endif
701 };
702 
703 /*
704 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
705 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
706 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
707 */
708 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
709 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
710 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
711 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
712 
713 /*
714 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
715 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
716 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
717 */
718 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
719 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
720 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
721 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
722 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
723 #else
724 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
725 #endif
726 
727 
728 
729 /*
730 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
731 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
732 **
733 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
734 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
735 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
736 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
737 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
738 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
739 ** journal and ignore it.
740 **
741 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
742 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
743 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
744 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
745 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
746 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
747 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
748 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
749 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
750 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
751 */
752 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
753   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
754 };
755 
756 /*
757 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
758 ** the following macro.
759 */
760 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
761 
762 /*
763 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
764 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
765 */
766 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
767 
768 /*
769 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
770 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
771 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
772 ** out code that would never execute.
773 */
774 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
775 # define MEMDB 0
776 #else
777 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
778 #endif
779 
780 /*
781 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
782 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
783 */
784 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
785 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
786 #else
787 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
788 #endif
789 
790 /*
791 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
792 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
793 **
794 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
795 **
796 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
797 **
798 ** instead of
799 **
800 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
801 */
802 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
803 
804 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
805 /*
806 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
807 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
808 **
809 **   * the database file is open,
810 **   * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
811 **   * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
812 */
813 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
814   if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
815   if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
816 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
817   if( pPager->pWal ){
818     u32 iRead = 0;
819     int rc;
820     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
821     return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0);
822   }
823 #endif
824   return 1;
825 }
826 #endif
827 
828 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
829 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
830 #else
831 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
832 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
833 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
834 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
835 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
836 #endif
837 
838 #ifndef NDEBUG
839 /*
840 ** Usage:
841 **
842 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
843 **
844 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
845 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
846 */
847 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
848   Pager *pPager = p;
849 
850   /* State must be valid. */
851   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
852        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
853        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
854        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
855        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
856        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
857        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
858   );
859 
860   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
861   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
862   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
863   */
864   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
865   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
866 
867   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
868   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
869   */
870   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
871   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
872 
873   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
874   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
875   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
876   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
877   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
878   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
879   ** state.
880   */
881   if( MEMDB ){
882     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
883     assert( p->noSync );
884     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
885          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
886     );
887     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
888     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
889   }
890 
891   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
892   ** on the file.
893   */
894   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
895   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
896 
897   switch( p->eState ){
898     case PAGER_OPEN:
899       assert( !MEMDB );
900       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
901       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
902       break;
903 
904     case PAGER_READER:
905       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
906       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
907       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
908       break;
909 
910     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
911       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
912       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
913       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
914         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
915       }
916       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
917       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
918       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
919       assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
920       break;
921 
922     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
923       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
924       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
925       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
926         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
927         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
928         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
929         ** to journal_mode=wal.
930         */
931         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
932         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
933              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
934              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
935         );
936       }
937       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
938       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
939       break;
940 
941     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
942       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
943       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
944       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
945       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
946       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
947            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
948            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
949            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
950       );
951       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
952       break;
953 
954     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
955       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
956       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
957       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
958       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
959            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
960            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
961            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
962       );
963       break;
964 
965     case PAGER_ERROR:
966       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
967       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
968       ** back to OPEN state.
969       */
970       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
971       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
972       break;
973   }
974 
975   return 1;
976 }
977 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
978 
979 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
980 /*
981 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
982 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
983 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
984 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
985 **
986 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
987 **
988 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
989 ** about an unused function.  It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
990 ** not appear in normal builds.
991 */
992 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
993   static char zRet[1024];
994 
995   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
996       "Filename:      %s\n"
997       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
998       "Lock:          %s\n"
999       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1000       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1001       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1002       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1003       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1004       , p->zFilename
1005       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1006         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1007         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1008         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1009         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1010         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1011         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1012       , (int)p->errCode
1013       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1014         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1015         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1016         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1017         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1018       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1019       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1020         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1021         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1022         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1023         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1024         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1025       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1026       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1027       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1028   );
1029 
1030   return zRet;
1031 }
1032 #endif
1033 
1034 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1035 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1036 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1037 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1038 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1039 #endif
1040 
1041 /*
1042 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1043 ** content from the pager.
1044 */
1045 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1046   if( pPager->errCode ){
1047     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1048 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1049   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
1050     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1051 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1052   }else{
1053     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1054   }
1055 }
1056 
1057 /*
1058 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1059 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1060 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1061 **
1062 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1063 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1064 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1065 */
1066 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1067   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1068   PagerSavepoint *p;
1069   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1070   int i;
1071   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1072     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1073     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1074       for(i=i+1; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1075         pPager->aSavepoint[i].bTruncateOnRelease = 0;
1076       }
1077       return 1;
1078     }
1079   }
1080   return 0;
1081 }
1082 
1083 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1084 /*
1085 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1086 */
1087 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1088   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1089 }
1090 #endif
1091 
1092 /*
1093 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1094 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1095 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1096 **
1097 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1098 */
1099 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1100   unsigned char ac[4];
1101   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1102   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1103     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1104   }
1105   return rc;
1106 }
1107 
1108 /*
1109 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1110 */
1111 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1112 
1113 
1114 /*
1115 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1116 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1117 */
1118 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1119   char ac[4];
1120   put32bits(ac, val);
1121   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1122 }
1123 
1124 /*
1125 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1126 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1127 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1128 **
1129 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1130 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1131 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1132 */
1133 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1134   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1135 
1136   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1137   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1138   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1139   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1140     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1141     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1142     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1143       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1144     }
1145     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1146   }
1147   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */
1148   return rc;
1149 }
1150 
1151 /*
1152 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1153 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1154 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1155 **
1156 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1157 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1158 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1159 ** of this.
1160 */
1161 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1162   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1163 
1164   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1165   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1166     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1167     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1168       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1169       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1170     }
1171   }
1172   return rc;
1173 }
1174 
1175 /*
1176 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1177 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1178 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1179 **
1180 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1181 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1182 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1183 **      to the page size.
1184 **
1185 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1186 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1187 **
1188 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1189 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1190 ** returned in this case.
1191 **
1192 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1193 */
1194 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1195   assert( !MEMDB );
1196 
1197 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1198  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1199   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1200 
1201   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1202   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1203 #else
1204   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1205 #endif
1206 
1207 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1208   if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1209     return -1;
1210   }
1211 #endif
1212 
1213 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1214   {
1215     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1216     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1217 
1218     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1219     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1220     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1221       return 0;
1222     }
1223   }
1224 
1225   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1226 #endif
1227 
1228   return 0;
1229 }
1230 
1231 /*
1232 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1233 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1234 ** and debugging only.
1235 */
1236 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1237 /*
1238 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1239 */
1240 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1241   u32 hash = 0;
1242   int i;
1243   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1244     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1245   }
1246   return hash;
1247 }
1248 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1249   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1250 }
1251 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1252   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1253 }
1254 
1255 /*
1256 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1257 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1258 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1259 */
1260 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1261 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1262   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1263   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1264   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1265 }
1266 
1267 #else
1268 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1269 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1270 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1271 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1272 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1273 
1274 /*
1275 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1276 ** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the
1277 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1278 ** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format
1279 ** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1280 **
1281 ** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by
1282 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1283 ** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal
1284 ** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a
1285 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name
1286 ** were present in the journal.
1287 **
1288 ** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1289 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A
1290 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the
1291 ** super-journal file name.
1292 **
1293 ** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present
1294 ** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1295 **
1296 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1297 ** error code is returned.
1298 */
1299 static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){
1300   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1301   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */
1302   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1303   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1304   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1305   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1306   zSuper[0] = '\0';
1307 
1308   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1309    || szJ<16
1310    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1311    || len>=nSuper
1312    || len>szJ-16
1313    || len==0
1314    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1315    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1316    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1317    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len))
1318   ){
1319     return rc;
1320   }
1321 
1322   /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */
1323   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1324     cksum -= zSuper[u];
1325   }
1326   if( cksum ){
1327     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1328     ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means
1329     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1330     ** super-journal filename.
1331     */
1332     len = 0;
1333   }
1334   zSuper[len] = '\0';
1335   zSuper[len+1] = '\0';
1336 
1337   return SQLITE_OK;
1338 }
1339 
1340 /*
1341 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1342 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1343 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1344 **
1345 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1346 **
1347 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1348 **   ---------------------------------------
1349 **   0                         0
1350 **   512                       512
1351 **   100                       512
1352 **   2000                      2048
1353 **
1354 */
1355 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1356   i64 offset = 0;
1357   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1358   if( c ){
1359     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1360   }
1361   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1362   assert( offset>=c );
1363   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1364   return offset;
1365 }
1366 
1367 /*
1368 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1369 **
1370 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1371 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1372 **
1373 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1374 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1375 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1376 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1377 ** after writing or truncating it.
1378 **
1379 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1380 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1381 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1382 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1383 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1384 **
1385 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1386 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1387 */
1388 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1389   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1390   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1391   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1392   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1393     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1394 
1395     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1396     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1397       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1398     }else{
1399       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1400       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1401     }
1402     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1403       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1404     }
1405 
1406     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1407     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1408     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1409     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1410     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1411     */
1412     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1413       i64 sz;
1414       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1415       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1416         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1417       }
1418     }
1419   }
1420   return rc;
1421 }
1422 
1423 /*
1424 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1425 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1426 ** current location.
1427 **
1428 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1429 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1430 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1431 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1432 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1433 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1434 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1435 **
1436 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1437 */
1438 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1439   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1440   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1441   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1442   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1443   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1444 
1445   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1446 
1447   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1448     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1449   }
1450 
1451   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1452   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1453   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1454   */
1455   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1456     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1457       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1458     }
1459   }
1460 
1461   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1462 
1463   /*
1464   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1465   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1466   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1467   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1468   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1469   **
1470   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1471   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1472   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1473   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1474   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1475   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1476   **
1477   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1478   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1479   **
1480   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1481   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1482   */
1483   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1484   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1485    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1486   ){
1487     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1488     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1489   }else{
1490     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1491   }
1492 
1493   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1494   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1495   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1496   /* The initial database size */
1497   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1498   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1499   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1500 
1501   /* The page size */
1502   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1503 
1504   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1505   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1506   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1507   ** take the performance hit.
1508   */
1509   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1510          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1511 
1512   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1513   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1514   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1515   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1516   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1517   **
1518   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1519   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1520   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1521   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1522   ** is done.
1523   **
1524   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1525   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1526   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1527   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1528   */
1529   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1530     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1531     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1532     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1533     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1534   }
1535 
1536   return rc;
1537 }
1538 
1539 /*
1540 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1541 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1542 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1543 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1544 ** a description of the journal header format.
1545 **
1546 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1547 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1548 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1549 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1550 ** in this case.
1551 **
1552 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1553 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1554 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1555 */
1556 static int readJournalHdr(
1557   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1558   int isHot,
1559   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1560   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1561   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1562 ){
1563   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1564   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1565   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1566 
1567   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1568 
1569   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1570   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1571   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1572   */
1573   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1574   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1575     return SQLITE_DONE;
1576   }
1577   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1578 
1579   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1580   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1581   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1582   ** proceed.
1583   */
1584   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1585     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1586     if( rc ){
1587       return rc;
1588     }
1589     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1590       return SQLITE_DONE;
1591     }
1592   }
1593 
1594   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1595   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1596   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1597   */
1598   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1599    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1600    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1601   ){
1602     return rc;
1603   }
1604 
1605   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1606     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1607     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1608 
1609     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1610     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1611      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1612     ){
1613       return rc;
1614     }
1615 
1616     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1617     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1618     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1619     */
1620     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1621       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1622     }
1623 
1624     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1625     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1626     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1627     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1628     */
1629     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1630      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1631      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1632     ){
1633       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1634       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1635       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1636       ** the journal file here.
1637       */
1638       return SQLITE_DONE;
1639     }
1640 
1641     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1642     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1643     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1644     */
1645     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1646     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1647 
1648     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1649     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1650     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1651     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1652     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1653     */
1654     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1655   }
1656 
1657   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1658   return rc;
1659 }
1660 
1661 
1662 /*
1663 ** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager
1664 ** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last
1665 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1666 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1667 ** anything is written. The format is:
1668 **
1669 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1670 **   + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8.
1671 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1672 **   + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum.
1673 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1674 **
1675 ** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal
1676 ** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1677 **
1678 ** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1679 ** this call is a no-op.
1680 */
1681 static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
1682   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1683   int nSuper;                      /* Length of string zSuper */
1684   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1685   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1686   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zSuper */
1687 
1688   assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
1689   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1690 
1691   if( !zSuper
1692    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1693    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1694   ){
1695     return SQLITE_OK;
1696   }
1697   pPager->setSuper = 1;
1698   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1699 
1700   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */
1701   for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){
1702     cksum += zSuper[nSuper];
1703   }
1704 
1705   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1706   ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1707   ** the journal has already been synced.
1708   */
1709   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1710     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1711   }
1712   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1713 
1714   /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1715   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1716   */
1717   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1718    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4)))
1719    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper)))
1720    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum)))
1721    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1722                                  iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8)))
1723   ){
1724     return rc;
1725   }
1726   pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20);
1727 
1728   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1729   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name
1730   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1731   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1732   ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine
1733   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1734   **
1735   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1736   ** file to the required size.
1737   */
1738   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1739    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1740   ){
1741     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1742   }
1743   return rc;
1744 }
1745 
1746 /*
1747 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1748 */
1749 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1750   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1751   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1752   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1753 }
1754 
1755 /*
1756 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1757 */
1758 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1759   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1760 }
1761 
1762 /*
1763 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1764 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1765 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1766 */
1767 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1768   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1769   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1770     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1771   }
1772   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1773     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1774   }
1775   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1776   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1777   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1778   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1779 }
1780 
1781 /*
1782 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1783 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1784 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1785 */
1786 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1787   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1788   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1789 
1790   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1791     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1792     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1793       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1794       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1795       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1796     }
1797   }
1798   return rc;
1799 }
1800 
1801 /*
1802 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1803 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1804 ** state.
1805 **
1806 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1807 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1808 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1809 ** closed (if it is open).
1810 **
1811 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1812 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1813 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1814 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1815 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1816 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1817 */
1818 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1819 
1820   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1821        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1822        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1823   );
1824 
1825   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1826   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1827   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1828 
1829   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1830     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1831     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1832     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1833   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1834     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1835     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1836 
1837     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1838     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1839     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1840     ** out from under us.
1841     */
1842     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1843     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1844     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1845     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1846     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1847     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1848     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1849      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1850     ){
1851       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1852     }
1853 
1854     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1855     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1856     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1857     ** is necessary.
1858     */
1859     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1860     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1861       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1862     }
1863 
1864     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1865     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1866     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1867     */
1868     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1869     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1870   }
1871 
1872   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1873   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1874   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1875   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1876   */
1877   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1878   if( pPager->errCode ){
1879     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1880       pager_reset(pPager);
1881       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1882       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1883     }else{
1884       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1885     }
1886     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1887     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1888     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1889   }
1890 
1891   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1892   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1893   pPager->setSuper = 0;
1894 }
1895 
1896 /*
1897 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1898 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1899 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1900 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1901 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1902 **
1903 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1904 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1905 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1906 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1907 **
1908 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1909 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1910 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1911 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1912 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1913 ** it were a hot-journal).
1914 */
1915 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1916   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1917   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1918   assert(
1919        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1920        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1921        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1922   );
1923   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1924     pPager->errCode = rc;
1925     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1926     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1927   }
1928   return rc;
1929 }
1930 
1931 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1932 
1933 /*
1934 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1935 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1936 **
1937 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1938 **
1939 ** Rules:
1940 **
1941 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1942 **      for transactions to be durable.
1943 **
1944 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1945 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1946 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1947 **      cache size.
1948 */
1949 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1950   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1951   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1952   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1953   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1954 }
1955 
1956 /*
1957 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1958 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1959 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1960 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1961 ** database transaction.
1962 **
1963 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1964 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1965 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1966 **
1967 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1968 **
1969 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1970 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1971 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1972 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1973 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1974 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1975 **
1976 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1977 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1978 **     in-memory journal.
1979 **
1980 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1981 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1982 **
1983 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1984 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1985 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1986 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1987 **
1988 **   journalMode==DELETE
1989 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1990 **
1991 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1992 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1993 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1994 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1995 **
1996 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1997 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1998 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1999 **
2000 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2001 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2002 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2003 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2004 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2005 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2006 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2007 ** returned.
2008 */
2009 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){
2010   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2011   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2012 
2013   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2014   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2015   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2016   ** held under two circumstances:
2017   **
2018   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2019   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2020   **
2021   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2022   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2023   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2024   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2025   */
2026   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2027   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2028   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2029     return SQLITE_OK;
2030   }
2031 
2032   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2033   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2034       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2035   );
2036   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2037     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2038 
2039     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2040     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2041       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2042       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2043     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2044       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2045         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2046       }else{
2047         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2048         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2049           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2050           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2051           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2052           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2053           */
2054           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2055         }
2056       }
2057       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2058     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2059       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2060     ){
2061       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile);
2062       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2063     }else{
2064       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2065       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2066       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2067       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2068       */
2069       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2070       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2071       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2072            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2073            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2074       );
2075       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2076       if( bDelete ){
2077         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2078       }
2079     }
2080   }
2081 
2082 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2083   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2084   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2085     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2086     if( p ){
2087       p->pageHash = 0;
2088       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2089     }
2090   }
2091 #endif
2092 
2093   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2094   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2095   pPager->nRec = 0;
2096   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2097     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2098       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2099     }else{
2100       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2101     }
2102     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2103   }
2104 
2105   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2106     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2107     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2108     ** lock held on the database file.
2109     */
2110     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2111     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2112   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2113     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2114     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2115     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2116     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2117     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2118     ** required size.  */
2119     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2120     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2121   }
2122 
2123   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2124     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2125     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2126   }
2127 
2128   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2129    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2130   ){
2131     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2132   }
2133   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2134   pPager->setSuper = 0;
2135 
2136   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2137 }
2138 
2139 /*
2140 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2141 ** database file.
2142 **
2143 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2144 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2145 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2146 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2147 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2148 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2149 ** will roll it back.
2150 **
2151 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2152 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2153 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2154 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2155 */
2156 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2157   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2158     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2159     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2160       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2161       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2162       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2163     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2164       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2165       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2166     }
2167   }
2168   pager_unlock(pPager);
2169 }
2170 
2171 /*
2172 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2173 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2174 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2175 **
2176 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2177 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2178 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2179 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2180 **
2181 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2182 ** incompatible journal file format.
2183 **
2184 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2185 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2186 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2187 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2188 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2189 */
2190 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2191   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2192   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2193   while( i>0 ){
2194     cksum += aData[i];
2195     i -= 200;
2196   }
2197   return cksum;
2198 }
2199 
2200 /*
2201 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2202 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2203 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2204 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2205 **
2206 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2207 ** not.
2208 **
2209 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2210 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2211 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2212 **
2213 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2214 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2215 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2216 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2217 ** prior to returning.
2218 **
2219 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2220 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2221 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2222 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2223 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2224 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2225 ** two circumstances:
2226 **
2227 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2228 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2229 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2230 **
2231 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2232 **
2233 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2234 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2235 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2236 */
2237 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2238   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2239   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2240   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2241   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2242   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2243 ){
2244   int rc;
2245   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2246   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2247   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2248   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2249   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2250   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2251 
2252   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2253   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2254   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2255   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2256 
2257   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2258   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2259   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2260 
2261   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2262   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2263   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2264   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2265   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2266   */
2267   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2268        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2269   );
2270   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2271 
2272   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2273   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2274   */
2275   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2276   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2277   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2278   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2279   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2280   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2281 
2282   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2283   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2284   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2285   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2286   */
2287   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2288     assert( !isSavepnt );
2289     return SQLITE_DONE;
2290   }
2291   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2292     return SQLITE_OK;
2293   }
2294   if( isMainJrnl ){
2295     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2296     if( rc ) return rc;
2297     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2298       return SQLITE_DONE;
2299     }
2300   }
2301 
2302   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2303   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2304   */
2305   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2306     return rc;
2307   }
2308 
2309   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2310   */
2311   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2312     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2313   }
2314 
2315   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2316   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2317   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2318   **
2319   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2320   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2321   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2322   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2323   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2324   ** assert()able.
2325   **
2326   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2327   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2328   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2329   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2330   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2331   **
2332   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2333   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2334   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2335   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2336   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2337   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2338   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2339   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2340   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2341   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2342   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2343   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2344   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2345   **
2346   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2347   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2348   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2349   */
2350   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2351     pPg = 0;
2352   }else{
2353     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2354   }
2355   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2356   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2357   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2358            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2359            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2360   ));
2361   if( isMainJrnl ){
2362     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2363   }else{
2364     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2365   }
2366   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2367    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2368    && isSynced
2369   ){
2370     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2371     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2372     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2373 
2374     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2375     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2376     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2377     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2378     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2379     ** file.  */
2380     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2381 
2382     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2383       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2384     }
2385     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2386       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2387     }
2388   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2389     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2390     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2391     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2392     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2393     ** current.
2394     **
2395     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2396     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2397     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2398     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2399     **
2400     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2401     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2402     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2403     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2404     */
2405     assert( isSavepnt );
2406     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2407     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2408     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2409     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2410     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2411     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2412     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2413   }
2414   if( pPg ){
2415     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2416     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2417     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2418     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2419     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2420     */
2421     void *pData;
2422     pData = pPg->pData;
2423     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2424     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2425     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2426     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2427     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2428     ** has been removed. */
2429     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2430 
2431     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2432     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2433     if( pgno==1 ){
2434       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2435     }
2436     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2437   }
2438   return rc;
2439 }
2440 
2441 /*
2442 ** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal
2443 ** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back.
2444 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file,
2445 ** and does so if it is.
2446 **
2447 ** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2448 ** available for use within this function.
2449 **
2450 ** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2451 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2452 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2453 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal
2454 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2455 **
2456 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2457 **
2458 ** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2459 ** journals have been rolled back.
2460 **
2461 ** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into
2462 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2463 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2464 **
2465 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2466 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal
2467 **     file zSuper
2468 **
2469 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2470 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2471 ** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from
2472 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2473 **
2474 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2475 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2476 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2477 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2478 **
2479 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2480 ** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be
2481 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2482 ** size.
2483 */
2484 static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
2485   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2486   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2487   sqlite3_file *pSuper;     /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */
2488   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2489   char *zSuperJournal = 0;  /* Contents of super-journal file */
2490   i64 nSuperJournal;        /* Size of super-journal file */
2491   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2492   char *zSuperPtr;          /* Space to hold super-journal filename */
2493   char *zFree = 0;          /* Free this buffer */
2494   int nSuperPtr;            /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */
2495 
2496   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors.
2497   ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading.
2498   */
2499   pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2500   if( !pSuper ){
2501     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2502     pJournal = 0;
2503   }else{
2504     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2505     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0);
2506     pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2507   }
2508   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2509 
2510   /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from
2511   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal.   Also obtain
2512   ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal
2513   ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2514   */
2515   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal);
2516   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2517   nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2518   zFree = sqlite3Malloc(4 + nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2);
2519   if( !zFree ){
2520     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2521     goto delsuper_out;
2522   }
2523   zFree[0] = zFree[1] = zFree[2] = zFree[3] = 0;
2524   zSuperJournal = &zFree[4];
2525   zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2];
2526   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0);
2527   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2528   zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0;
2529   zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0;
2530 
2531   zJournal = zSuperJournal;
2532   while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){
2533     int exists;
2534     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2535     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2536       goto delsuper_out;
2537     }
2538     if( exists ){
2539       /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists.
2540       ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If
2541       ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file.
2542       ** NB:  zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL.  But call it a
2543       ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
2544       ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object().
2545       */
2546       int c;
2547       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2548       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2549       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2550         goto delsuper_out;
2551       }
2552 
2553       rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr);
2554       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2555       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2556         goto delsuper_out;
2557       }
2558 
2559       c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0;
2560       if( c ){
2561         /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */
2562         goto delsuper_out;
2563       }
2564     }
2565     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2566   }
2567 
2568   sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2569   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0);
2570 
2571 delsuper_out:
2572   sqlite3_free(zFree);
2573   if( pSuper ){
2574     sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2575     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2576     sqlite3_free(pSuper);
2577   }
2578   return rc;
2579 }
2580 
2581 
2582 /*
2583 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2584 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2585 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2586 **
2587 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2588 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2589 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2590 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2591 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2592 **
2593 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2594 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2595 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2596 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2597 ** the end of the new file instead.
2598 **
2599 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2600 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2601 */
2602 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2603   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2604   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2605   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2606 
2607   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2608    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2609   ){
2610     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2611     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2612     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2613     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2614     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2615     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2616     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2617       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2618         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2619       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2620         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2621         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2622         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2623         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2624         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2625       }
2626       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2627         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2628       }
2629     }
2630   }
2631   return rc;
2632 }
2633 
2634 /*
2635 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2636 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2637 */
2638 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2639   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2640   if( iRet<32 ){
2641     iRet = 512;
2642   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2643     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2644     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2645   }
2646   return iRet;
2647 }
2648 
2649 /*
2650 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2651 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2652 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2653 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2654 ** super-journal pointers within created journal files.
2655 **
2656 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2657 **
2658 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2659 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2660 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2661 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2662 **
2663 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2664 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2665 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2666 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2667 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2668 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2669 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2670 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2671 */
2672 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2673   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2674 
2675   if( pPager->tempFile
2676    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2677               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2678   ){
2679     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2680     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2681     ** call will segfault. */
2682     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2683   }else{
2684     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2685   }
2686 }
2687 
2688 /*
2689 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2690 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2691 **
2692 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2693 **
2694 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2695 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2696 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2697 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2698 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2699 **       sanity checksum.
2700 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2701 **       database to during a rollback.
2702 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2703 **       is this many bytes in size.
2704 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2705 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2706 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2707 **        +  4 byte page number.
2708 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2709 **        +  4 byte checksum
2710 **
2711 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2712 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2713 **
2714 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2715 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2716 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2717 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2718 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2719 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2720 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2721 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2722 **
2723 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2724 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2725 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2726 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2727 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2728 **
2729 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2730 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2731 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2732 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2733 ** been encountered.
2734 **
2735 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2736 ** and an error code is returned.
2737 **
2738 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2739 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2740 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2741 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2742 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2743 ** needed.
2744 */
2745 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2746   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2747   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2748   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2749   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2750   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2751   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2752   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2753   char *zSuper = 0;        /* Name of super-journal file if any */
2754   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2755   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2756   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2757 
2758   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2759   ** the journal is empty.
2760   */
2761   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2762   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2763   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2764     goto end_playback;
2765   }
2766 
2767   /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2768   ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2769   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2770   ** played back.
2771   **
2772   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2773   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2774   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2775   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2776   ** for pageSize.
2777   */
2778   zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2779   rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2780   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){
2781     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2782   }
2783   zSuper = 0;
2784   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2785     goto end_playback;
2786   }
2787   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2788   needPagerReset = isHot;
2789 
2790   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2791   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2792   ** occurs.
2793   */
2794   while( 1 ){
2795     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2796     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2797     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2798     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2799     */
2800     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2801     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2802       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2803         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2804       }
2805       goto end_playback;
2806     }
2807 
2808     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2809     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2810     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2811     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2812     */
2813     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2814       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2815       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2816     }
2817 
2818     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2819     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2820     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2821     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2822     ** size of the file.
2823     **
2824     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2825     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2826     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2827     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2828     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2829     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2830     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2831     */
2832     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2833         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2834       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2835     }
2836 
2837     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2838     ** database file back to its original size.
2839     */
2840     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2841       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2842       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2843         goto end_playback;
2844       }
2845       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2846     }
2847 
2848     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2849     ** database file and/or page cache.
2850     */
2851     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2852       if( needPagerReset ){
2853         pager_reset(pPager);
2854         needPagerReset = 0;
2855       }
2856       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2857       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2858         nPlayback++;
2859       }else{
2860         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2861           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2862           break;
2863         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2864           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2865           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2866           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2867           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2868           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2869           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2870           goto end_playback;
2871         }else{
2872           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2873           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2874           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2875           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2876           */
2877           goto end_playback;
2878         }
2879       }
2880     }
2881   }
2882   /*NOTREACHED*/
2883   assert( 0 );
2884 
2885 end_playback:
2886   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2887     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2888   }
2889   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2890   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2891   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2892   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2893   */
2894 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2895   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2896 #endif
2897 
2898   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2899   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2900   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2901   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2902   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2903   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2904   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2905   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2906   */
2907   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2908 
2909   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2910     /* Leave 4 bytes of space before the super-journal filename in memory.
2911     ** This is because it may end up being passed to sqlite3OsOpen(), in
2912     ** which case it requires 4 0x00 bytes in memory immediately before
2913     ** the filename. */
2914     zSuper = &pPager->pTmpSpace[4];
2915     rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2916     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2917   }
2918   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2919    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2920   ){
2921     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2922   }
2923   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2924     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0);
2925     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2926   }
2927   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){
2928     /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success,
2929     ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal.
2930     */
2931     assert( zSuper==&pPager->pTmpSpace[4] );
2932     memset(&zSuper[-4], 0, 4);
2933     rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper);
2934     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2935   }
2936   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2937     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2938                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2939   }
2940 
2941   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2942   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2943   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2944   */
2945   setSectorSize(pPager);
2946   return rc;
2947 }
2948 
2949 
2950 /*
2951 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
2952 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
2953 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2954 ** file before this function is called.
2955 **
2956 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2957 ** the value read from the database file.
2958 **
2959 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2960 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2961 */
2962 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
2963   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2964   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2965 
2966 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2967   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
2968 
2969   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2970   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2971 
2972   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2973     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
2974     if( rc ) return rc;
2975   }
2976   if( iFrame ){
2977     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
2978   }else
2979 #endif
2980   {
2981     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2982     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
2983     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2984       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2985     }
2986   }
2987 
2988   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
2989     if( rc ){
2990       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2991       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2992       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2993       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2994       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2995       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2996       **
2997       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2998       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2999       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3000       ** we should still be ok.
3001       */
3002       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3003     }else{
3004       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3005       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3006     }
3007   }
3008   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3009   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3010   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3011   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3012                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3013 
3014   return rc;
3015 }
3016 
3017 /*
3018 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3019 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3020 **
3021 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3022 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3023 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3024 */
3025 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3026   u32 change_counter;
3027   if( NEVER(pPg==0) ) return;
3028 
3029   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3030   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3031   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3032 
3033   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3034   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3035   ** is valid. */
3036   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3037   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3038 }
3039 
3040 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3041 /*
3042 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3043 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3044 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3045 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3046 **
3047 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3048 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3049 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3050 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3051 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3052 */
3053 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3054   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3055   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3056   PgHdr *pPg;
3057 
3058   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3059   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3060   if( pPg ){
3061     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3062       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3063     }else{
3064       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3065       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3066         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3067       }
3068       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3069     }
3070   }
3071 
3072   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3073   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3074   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3075   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3076   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3077   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3078   ** the backups must be restarted.
3079   */
3080   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3081 
3082   return rc;
3083 }
3084 
3085 /*
3086 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3087 */
3088 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3089   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3090   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3091 
3092   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3093   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3094   ** following:
3095   **
3096   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3097   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3098   */
3099   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3100   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3101   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3102   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3103     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3104     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3105     pList = pNext;
3106   }
3107 
3108   return rc;
3109 }
3110 
3111 /*
3112 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3113 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3114 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3115 ** changed.
3116 **
3117 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3118 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3119 */
3120 static int pagerWalFrames(
3121   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3122   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3123   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3124   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3125 ){
3126   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3127   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3128   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3129 
3130   assert( pPager->pWal );
3131   assert( pList );
3132 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3133   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3134   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3135     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3136   }
3137 #endif
3138 
3139   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3140   if( isCommit ){
3141     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3142     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3143     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3144     ** list here. */
3145     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3146     nList = 0;
3147     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3148       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3149         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3150         nList++;
3151       }
3152     }
3153     assert( pList );
3154   }else{
3155     nList = 1;
3156   }
3157   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3158 
3159   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3160   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3161       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3162   );
3163   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3164     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3165       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3166     }
3167   }
3168 
3169 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3170   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3171   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3172     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3173   }
3174 #endif
3175 
3176   return rc;
3177 }
3178 
3179 /*
3180 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3181 **
3182 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3183 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3184 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3185 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3186 */
3187 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3188   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3189   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3190 
3191   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3192   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3193 
3194   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3195   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3196   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3197   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3198   */
3199   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3200 
3201   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3202   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3203     pager_reset(pPager);
3204     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3205   }
3206 
3207   return rc;
3208 }
3209 #endif
3210 
3211 /*
3212 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3213 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3214 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3215 **
3216 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3217 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3218 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3219 */
3220 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3221   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3222 
3223   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3224   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3225   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3226   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3227   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3228   */
3229   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3230   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3231   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3232   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3233   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3234 
3235   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3236   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3237   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3238   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3239   */
3240   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3241     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3242     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3243     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3244       return rc;
3245     }
3246     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3247   }
3248 
3249   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3250   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3251   ** that the file can be read.
3252   */
3253   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3254     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3255   }
3256 
3257   *pnPage = nPage;
3258   return SQLITE_OK;
3259 }
3260 
3261 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3262 /*
3263 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3264 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3265 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3266 **
3267 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3268 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3269 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3270 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3271 **
3272 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3273 **
3274 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3275 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3276 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3277 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3278 ** other connection.
3279 */
3280 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3281   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3282   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3283   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3284 
3285   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3286     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3287     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3288         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3289     );
3290     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3291       if( isWal ){
3292         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3293 
3294         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3295         if( rc ) return rc;
3296         if( nPage==0 ){
3297           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3298         }else{
3299           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3300           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3301         }
3302       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3303         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3304       }
3305     }
3306   }
3307   return rc;
3308 }
3309 #endif
3310 
3311 /*
3312 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3313 ** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3314 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3315 ** savepoint.
3316 **
3317 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3318 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3319 ** performed in the order specified:
3320 **
3321 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3322 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3323 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3324 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3325 **
3326 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3327 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3328 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3329 **
3330 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3331 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3332 **     the journal file.
3333 **
3334 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3335 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3336 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3337 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3338 **
3339 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3340 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3341 **
3342 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3343 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3344 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3345 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3346 */
3347 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3348   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3349   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3350   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3351   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3352 
3353   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3354   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3355 
3356   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3357   if( pSavepoint ){
3358     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3359     if( !pDone ){
3360       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3361     }
3362   }
3363 
3364   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3365   ** being reverted was opened.
3366   */
3367   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3368   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3369 
3370   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3371     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3372   }
3373 
3374   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3375   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3376   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3377   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3378   */
3379   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3380   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3381 
3382   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3383   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3384   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3385   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3386   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3387   ** are played back.
3388   */
3389   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3390     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3391     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3392     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3393       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3394     }
3395     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3396   }else{
3397     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3398   }
3399 
3400   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3401   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3402   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3403   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3404   */
3405   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3406     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3407     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3408     u32 dummy;
3409     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3410     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3411 
3412     /*
3413     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3414     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3415     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3416     */
3417     if( nJRec==0
3418      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3419     ){
3420       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3421     }
3422     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3423       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3424     }
3425     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3426   }
3427   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3428 
3429   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3430   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3431   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3432   */
3433   if( pSavepoint ){
3434     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3435     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3436 
3437     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3438       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3439     }
3440     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3441       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3442       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3443     }
3444     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3445   }
3446 
3447   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3448   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3449     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3450   }
3451 
3452   return rc;
3453 }
3454 
3455 /*
3456 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3457 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3458 */
3459 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3460   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3461 }
3462 
3463 /*
3464 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3465 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3466 */
3467 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3468   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3469 }
3470 
3471 /*
3472 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3473 */
3474 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3475 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3476   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3477   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3478     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3479     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3480     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3481     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3482     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3483   }
3484 #endif
3485 }
3486 
3487 /*
3488 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3489 */
3490 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3491   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3492   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3493 }
3494 
3495 /*
3496 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3497 */
3498 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3499   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3500 }
3501 
3502 /*
3503 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3504 **
3505 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3506 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3507 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3508 ** There are four levels:
3509 **
3510 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3511 **              for temporary and transient files.
3512 **
3513 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3514 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3515 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3516 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3517 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3518 **              when it is rolled back.
3519 **
3520 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3521 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3522 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3523 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3524 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3525 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3526 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3527 **
3528 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3529 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3530 **              journal is unlinked.
3531 **
3532 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3533 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3534 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3535 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3536 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3537 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3538 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3539 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3540 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3541 **
3542 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3543 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3544 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3545 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3546 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3547 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3548 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3549 **
3550 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3551 ** and FULL=3.
3552 */
3553 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3554 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3555   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3556   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3557 ){
3558   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3559   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3560     pPager->noSync = 1;
3561     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3562     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3563   }else{
3564     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3565     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3566     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3567   }
3568   if( pPager->noSync ){
3569     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3570   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3571     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3572   }else{
3573     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3574   }
3575   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3576   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3577     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3578   }
3579   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3580     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3581   }
3582   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3583     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3584   }else{
3585     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3586   }
3587 }
3588 #endif
3589 
3590 /*
3591 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3592 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3593 ** testing and analysis only.
3594 */
3595 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3596 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3597 #endif
3598 
3599 /*
3600 ** Open a temporary file.
3601 **
3602 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3603 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3604 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3605 **
3606 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3607 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3608 **
3609 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3610 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3611 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3612 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3613 */
3614 static int pagerOpentemp(
3615   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3616   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3617   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3618 ){
3619   int rc;               /* Return code */
3620 
3621 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3622   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3623 #endif
3624 
3625   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3626             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3627   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3628   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3629   return rc;
3630 }
3631 
3632 /*
3633 ** Set the busy handler function.
3634 **
3635 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3636 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3637 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3638 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3639 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3640 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3641 **
3642 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3643 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3644 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3645 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3646 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3647 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3648 **
3649 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3650 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3651 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3652 */
3653 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3654   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3655   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3656   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3657 ){
3658   void **ap;
3659   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3660   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3661   ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3662   assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3663   assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3664   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3665 }
3666 
3667 /*
3668 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3669 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3670 **
3671 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3672 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3673 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3674 **
3675 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3676 **
3677 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3678 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3679 **
3680 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3681 **
3682 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3683 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3684 **
3685 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3686 **
3687 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3688 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3689 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3690 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3691 **
3692 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3693 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3694 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3695 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3696 */
3697 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3698   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3699 
3700   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3701   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3702   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3703   **
3704   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3705   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3706   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3707   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3708   */
3709 
3710   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3711   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3712   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3713    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3714    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3715   ){
3716     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3717     i64 nByte = 0;
3718 
3719     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3720       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3721     }
3722     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3723       /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3724       * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3725       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8);
3726       if( !pNew ){
3727         rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3728       }else{
3729         memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8);
3730       }
3731     }
3732 
3733     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3734       pager_reset(pPager);
3735       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3736     }
3737     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3738       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3739       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3740       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3741       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3742     }else{
3743       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3744     }
3745   }
3746 
3747   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3748   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3749     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3750     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3751     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3752     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3753   }
3754   return rc;
3755 }
3756 
3757 /*
3758 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3759 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3760 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3761 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3762 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3763 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3764 */
3765 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3766   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3767 }
3768 
3769 /*
3770 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3771 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3772 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3773 **
3774 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3775 */
3776 Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){
3777   if( mxPage>0 ){
3778     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3779   }
3780   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3781   /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3782   /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3783   ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3784   ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3785   return pPager->mxPgno;
3786 }
3787 
3788 /*
3789 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3790 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3791 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3792 **
3793 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3794 ** and generate no code.
3795 */
3796 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3797 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3798 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3799 static int saved_cnt;
3800 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3801   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3802   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3803 }
3804 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3805   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3806 }
3807 #else
3808 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3809 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3810 #endif
3811 
3812 /*
3813 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3814 ** that pDest points to.
3815 **
3816 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3817 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3818 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3819 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3820 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3821 **
3822 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3823 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3824 ** output buffer undefined.
3825 */
3826 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3827   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3828   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3829   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3830 
3831   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3832   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3833   ** to WAL mode yet.
3834   */
3835   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3836 
3837   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3838     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3839     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3840     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3841       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3842     }
3843   }
3844   return rc;
3845 }
3846 
3847 /*
3848 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3849 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3850 **
3851 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3852 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3853 */
3854 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3855   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3856   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3857   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3858 }
3859 
3860 
3861 /*
3862 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3863 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3864 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3865 **
3866 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3867 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3868 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3869 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3870 **
3871 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3872 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3873 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3874 */
3875 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3876   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3877 
3878   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3879   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3880   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3881   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3882   */
3883   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3884        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3885        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3886   );
3887 
3888   do {
3889     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3890   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3891   return rc;
3892 }
3893 
3894 /*
3895 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3896 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3897 **
3898 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3899 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3900 **
3901 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3902 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3903 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3904 **
3905 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3906 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3907 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3908 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3909 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3910 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3911 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3912 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3913 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3914 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3915 */
3916 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3917 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3918   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3919   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3920 }
3921 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3922   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3923 }
3924 #else
3925 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3926 #endif
3927 
3928 /*
3929 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3930 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3931 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3932 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3933 **
3934 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3935 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3936 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3937 ** then continue writing to the database.
3938 */
3939 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3940   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage || CORRUPT_DB );
3941   testcase( pPager->dbSize<nPage );
3942   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3943   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3944 
3945   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3946   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3947   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3948   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3949   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3950   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3951   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3952   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3953   ** is no longer correct. */
3954 }
3955 
3956 
3957 /*
3958 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3959 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3960 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3961 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3962 **
3963 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3964 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3965 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3966 ** content as this process.
3967 **
3968 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3969 ** an SQLite error code.
3970 */
3971 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3972   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3973   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3974     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3975   }
3976   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3977     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3978   }
3979   return rc;
3980 }
3981 
3982 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3983 /*
3984 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3985 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3986 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3987 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3988 ** *ppPage to zero.
3989 **
3990 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3991 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3992 */
3993 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3994   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3995   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3996   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3997   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3998 ){
3999   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4000 
4001   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4002     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4003     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4004     p->pDirty = 0;
4005     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4006     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4007   }else{
4008     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4009     if( p==0 ){
4010       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4011       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4012     }
4013     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4014     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4015     p->nRef = 1;
4016     p->pPager = pPager;
4017   }
4018 
4019   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4020   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4021   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4022   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4023   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4024 
4025   p->pgno = pgno;
4026   p->pData = pData;
4027   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4028 
4029   return SQLITE_OK;
4030 }
4031 #endif
4032 
4033 /*
4034 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4035 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4036 */
4037 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4038   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4039   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4040   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4041   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4042 
4043   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4044   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4045 }
4046 
4047 /*
4048 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4049 */
4050 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4051   PgHdr *p;
4052   PgHdr *pNext;
4053   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4054     pNext = p->pDirty;
4055     sqlite3_free(p);
4056   }
4057 }
4058 
4059 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4060 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4061 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4062 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4063 */
4064 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4065   int bHasMoved = 0;
4066   int rc;
4067 
4068   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4069   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4070   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4071   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4072   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4073     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4074     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4075     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4076     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4077   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4078     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4079   }
4080   return rc;
4081 }
4082 
4083 
4084 /*
4085 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4086 **
4087 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4088 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4089 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4090 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4091 ** result in a coredump.
4092 **
4093 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4094 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4095 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4096 ** to the caller.
4097 */
4098 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4099   u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4100   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4101   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4102   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4103   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4104   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4105   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4106   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4107 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4108   {
4109     u8 *a = 0;
4110     assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4111     if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4112      && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4113     ){
4114       a = pTmp;
4115     }
4116     sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4117     pPager->pWal = 0;
4118   }
4119 #endif
4120   pager_reset(pPager);
4121   if( MEMDB ){
4122     pager_unlock(pPager);
4123   }else{
4124     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4125     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4126     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4127     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4128     **
4129     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4130     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4131     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4132     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4133     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4134     */
4135     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4136       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4137     }
4138     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4139   }
4140   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4141   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4142   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4143   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4144   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4145   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4146   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4147   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4148   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4149   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4150 
4151   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4152   return SQLITE_OK;
4153 }
4154 
4155 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4156 /*
4157 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4158 */
4159 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4160   return pPg->pgno;
4161 }
4162 #endif
4163 
4164 /*
4165 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4166 */
4167 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4168   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4169 }
4170 
4171 /*
4172 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4173 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4174 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4175 **
4176 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4177 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4178 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4179 **
4180 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4181 **     be taken.
4182 **
4183 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4184 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4185 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4186 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4187 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4188 **
4189 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4190 **     journal file is synced.
4191 **
4192 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4193 **
4194 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4195 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4196 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4197 **       <update nRec field>
4198 **     }
4199 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4200 **   }
4201 **
4202 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4203 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4204 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4205 */
4206 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4207   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4208 
4209   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4210        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4211   );
4212   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4213   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4214 
4215   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4216   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4217 
4218   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4219     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4220     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4221       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4222       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4223 
4224       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4225         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4226         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4227         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4228         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4229         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4230         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4231         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4232         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4233         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4234         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4235         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4236         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4237         **
4238         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4239         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4240         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4241         **
4242         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4243         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4244         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4245         ** the potential journal header.
4246         */
4247         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4248         u8 aMagic[8];
4249         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4250 
4251         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4252         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4253 
4254         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4255         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4256         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4257           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4258           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4259         }
4260         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4261           return rc;
4262         }
4263 
4264         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4265         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4266         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4267         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4268         **
4269         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4270         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4271         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4272         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4273         ** and never needs to be updated.
4274         */
4275         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4276           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4277           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4278           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4279           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4280         }
4281         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4282         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4283             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4284         );
4285         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4286       }
4287       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4288         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4289         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4290         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4291           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4292         );
4293         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4294       }
4295 
4296       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4297       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4298         pPager->nRec = 0;
4299         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4300         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4301       }
4302     }else{
4303       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4304     }
4305   }
4306 
4307   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4308   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4309   ** all pages.
4310   */
4311   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4312   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4313   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4314   return SQLITE_OK;
4315 }
4316 
4317 /*
4318 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4319 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4320 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4321 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4322 ** a no-op.
4323 **
4324 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4325 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4326 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4327 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4328 **
4329 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4330 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4331 ** written out.
4332 **
4333 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4334 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4335 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4336 **
4337 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4338 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4339 **
4340 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4341 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4342 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4343 ** the database file.
4344 **
4345 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4346 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4347 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4348 */
4349 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4350   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4351 
4352   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4353   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4354   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4355   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4356   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4357 
4358   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4359   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4360   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4361   */
4362   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4363     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4364     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4365   }
4366 
4367   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4368   ** file size will be.
4369   */
4370   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4371   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4372    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4373    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4374   ){
4375     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4376     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4377     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4378   }
4379 
4380   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4381     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4382 
4383     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4384     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4385     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4386     ** any such pages to the file.
4387     **
4388     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4389     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4390     */
4391     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4392       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4393       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4394 
4395       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4396       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4397 
4398       pData = pList->pData;
4399 
4400       /* Write out the page data. */
4401       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4402 
4403       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4404       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4405       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4406       */
4407       if( pgno==1 ){
4408         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4409       }
4410       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4411         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4412       }
4413       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4414 
4415       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4416       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4417 
4418       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4419                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4420       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4421       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4422     }else{
4423       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4424     }
4425     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4426     pList = pList->pDirty;
4427   }
4428 
4429   return rc;
4430 }
4431 
4432 /*
4433 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4434 ** function is a no-op.
4435 **
4436 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4437 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4438 ** fails.
4439 */
4440 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4441   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4442   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4443     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4444       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4445       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4446     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4447     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4448       nStmtSpill = -1;
4449     }
4450     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4451   }
4452   return rc;
4453 }
4454 
4455 /*
4456 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4457 **
4458 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4459 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4460 **
4461 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4462 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4463 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4464 ** bitvec.
4465 */
4466 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4467   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4468   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4469   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4470 
4471     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4472     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4473     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4474     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4475     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4476          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4477          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4478     );
4479     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4480 
4481     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4482     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4483     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4484       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4485       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4486       char *pData2;
4487       pData2 = pData;
4488       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4489       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4490       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4491         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4492       }
4493     }
4494   }
4495   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4496     pPager->nSubRec++;
4497     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4498     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4499   }
4500   return rc;
4501 }
4502 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4503   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4504     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4505   }else{
4506     return SQLITE_OK;
4507   }
4508 }
4509 
4510 /*
4511 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4512 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4513 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4514 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4515 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4516 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4517 ** argument.
4518 **
4519 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4520 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4521 ** journal file.
4522 **
4523 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4524 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4525 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4526 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4527 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4528 */
4529 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4530   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4531   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4532 
4533   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4534   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4535 
4536   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4537   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4538   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4539   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4540   **
4541   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4542   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4543   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4544   **
4545   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4546   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4547   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4548   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4549   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4550   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4551   */
4552   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4553   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4554   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4555   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4556   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4557    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4558       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4559   ){
4560     return SQLITE_OK;
4561   }
4562 
4563   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4564   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4565   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4566     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4567     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4568     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4569       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4570     }
4571   }else{
4572 
4573 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4574     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4575       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4576       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4577     }
4578 #endif
4579 
4580     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4581     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4582      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4583     ){
4584       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4585     }
4586 
4587     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4588     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4589       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4590       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4591     }
4592   }
4593 
4594   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4595   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4596     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4597     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4598   }
4599 
4600   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4601 }
4602 
4603 /*
4604 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4605 */
4606 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4607   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4608   if( !MEMDB ){
4609     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4610     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4611     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4612       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4613       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4614         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4615       }
4616       pList = pNext;
4617     }
4618   }
4619 
4620   return rc;
4621 }
4622 
4623 /*
4624 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4625 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4626 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4627 **
4628 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4629 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4630 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4631 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4632 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4633 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4634 **
4635 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4636 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4637 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4638 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4639 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4640 **
4641 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4642 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4643 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4644 **
4645 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4646 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4647 **
4648 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4649 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4650 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4651 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4652 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4653 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4654 */
4655 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4656   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4657   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4658   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4659   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4660   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4661   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4662   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4663 ){
4664   u8 *pPtr;
4665   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4666   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4667   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4668   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4669 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE
4670   int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
4671 #else
4672 # define memJM 0
4673 #endif
4674   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4675   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4676   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4677   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4678   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4679   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4680   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4681   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4682   int nUriByte = 1;        /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4683   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of URI parameters */
4684 
4685   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4686   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4687   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4688 
4689   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4690   *ppPager = 0;
4691 
4692 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4693   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4694     memDb = 1;
4695     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4696       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4697       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4698       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4699       zFilename = 0;
4700     }
4701   }
4702 #endif
4703 
4704   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4705   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4706   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4707   */
4708   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4709     const char *z;
4710     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4711     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4712     if( zPathname==0 ){
4713       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4714     }
4715     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4716     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4717     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4718       if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){
4719         if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){
4720           rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK;
4721         }else{
4722           rc = SQLITE_OK;
4723         }
4724       }
4725     }
4726     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4727     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4728     while( *z ){
4729       z += strlen(z)+1;
4730       z += strlen(z)+1;
4731       nUri++;
4732     }
4733     nUriByte = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4734     assert( nUriByte>=1 );
4735     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4736       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4737       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4738       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4739       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4740       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4741       */
4742       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4743     }
4744     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4745       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4746       return rc;
4747     }
4748   }
4749 
4750   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4751   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4752   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4753   **
4754   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4755   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4756   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4757   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4758   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4759   **     Ptr back to the Pager           (sizeof(Pager*) bytes)
4760   **     \0\0\0\0 database prefix        (4 bytes)
4761   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4762   **     URI query parameters            (nUriByte bytes)
4763   **     Journal filename                (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4764   **     WAL filename                    (nPathname+4+1 bytes)
4765   **     \0\0\0 terminator               (3 bytes)
4766   **
4767   ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on
4768   ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them
4769   ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL
4770   ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API.  This is a
4771   ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party
4772   ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename
4773   ** order and formatting if possible.  In particular, the details of the
4774   ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows:
4775   **
4776   **   - Main Database Path
4777   **   - \0
4778   **   - Multiple URI components consisting of:
4779   **     - Key
4780   **     - \0
4781   **     - Value
4782   **     - \0
4783   **   - \0
4784   **   - Journal Path
4785   **   - \0
4786   **   - WAL Path (zWALName)
4787   **   - \0
4788   **
4789   ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility
4790   ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the
4791   ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format
4792   ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well.
4793   */
4794   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4795     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +            /* Pager structure */
4796     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +                 /* PCache object */
4797     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +             /* The main db file */
4798     journalFileSize * 2 +                /* The two journal files */
4799     sizeof(pPager) +                     /* Space to hold a pointer */
4800     4 +                                  /* Database prefix */
4801     nPathname + 1 +                      /* database filename */
4802     nUriByte +                           /* query parameters */
4803     nPathname + 8 + 1 +                  /* Journal filename */
4804 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4805     nPathname + 4 + 1 +                  /* WAL filename */
4806 #endif
4807     3                                    /* Terminator */
4808   );
4809   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4810   if( !pPtr ){
4811     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4812     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4813   }
4814   pPager = (Pager*)pPtr;                  pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager));
4815   pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)pPtr;        pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize);
4816   pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;       pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile);
4817   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4818   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4819   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4820   memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager));  pPtr += sizeof(pPager);
4821 
4822   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */
4823                                           pPtr += 4;  /* Skip zero prefix */
4824   pPager->zFilename = (char*)pPtr;
4825   if( nPathname>0 ){
4826     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname + 1;
4827     if( zUri ){
4828       memcpy(pPtr, zUri, nUriByte);       pPtr += nUriByte;
4829     }else{
4830                                           pPtr++;
4831     }
4832   }
4833 
4834 
4835   /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */
4836   if( nPathname>0 ){
4837     pPager->zJournal = (char*)pPtr;
4838     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4839     memcpy(pPtr, "-journal",8);           pPtr += 8 + 1;
4840 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4841     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename,pPager->zJournal);
4842     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zJournal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zJournal)+1);
4843 #endif
4844   }else{
4845     pPager->zJournal = 0;
4846   }
4847 
4848 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4849   /* Fill in Pager.zWal */
4850   if( nPathname>0 ){
4851     pPager->zWal = (char*)pPtr;
4852     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4853     memcpy(pPtr, "-wal", 4);              pPtr += 4 + 1;
4854 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4855     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4856     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zWal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zWal)+1);
4857 #endif
4858   }else{
4859     pPager->zWal = 0;
4860   }
4861 #endif
4862   (void)pPtr;  /* Suppress warning about unused pPtr value */
4863 
4864   if( nPathname ) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4865   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4866   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4867 
4868   /* Open the pager file.
4869   */
4870   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4871     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4872     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4873     assert( !memDb );
4874 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE
4875     memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4876 #endif
4877     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4878 
4879     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4880     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4881     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4882     **
4883     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4884     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4885     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4886     */
4887     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4888       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4889       if( !readOnly ){
4890         setSectorSize(pPager);
4891         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4892         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4893           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4894             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4895           }else{
4896             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4897           }
4898         }
4899 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4900         {
4901           int ii;
4902           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4903           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4904           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4905           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4906             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4907               szPageDflt = ii;
4908             }
4909           }
4910         }
4911 #endif
4912       }
4913       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4914       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4915        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4916           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4917           goto act_like_temp_file;
4918       }
4919     }
4920   }else{
4921     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4922     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4923     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4924     **
4925     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4926     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4927     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4928     **
4929     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4930     */
4931 act_like_temp_file:
4932     tempFile = 1;
4933     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4934     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4935     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4936     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4937   }
4938 
4939   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4940   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4941   */
4942   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4943     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4944     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4945     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4946   }
4947 
4948   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4949   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4950     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4951     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4952     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4953                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4954   }
4955 
4956   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4957   */
4958   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4959     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4960     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4961     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4962     return rc;
4963   }
4964 
4965   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4966   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4967 
4968   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4969   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4970   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4971   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4972   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4973   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4974   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4975   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4976   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4977   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4978   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4979   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4980           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4981   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4982   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4983   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4984   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4985   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4986   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4987   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4988   if( pPager->noSync ){
4989     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4990     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4991     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4992     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4993   }else{
4994     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4995     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4996     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4997     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
4998   }
4999   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
5000   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
5001   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
5002   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
5003   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
5004   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
5005   setSectorSize(pPager);
5006   if( !useJournal ){
5007     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
5008   }else if( memDb || memJM ){
5009     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
5010   }
5011   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5012   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5013   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
5014   setGetterMethod(pPager);
5015   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5016   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5017 
5018   *ppPager = pPager;
5019   return SQLITE_OK;
5020 }
5021 
5022 /*
5023 ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name
5024 ** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into
5025 ** xOpen.
5026 */
5027 sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){
5028   Pager *pPager;
5029   while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){
5030     zName--;
5031   }
5032   pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*));
5033   return pPager->fd;
5034 }
5035 
5036 
5037 /*
5038 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5039 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5040 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5041 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5042 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5043 **
5044 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5045 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5046 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5047 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5048 **
5049 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5050 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5051 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5052 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5053 ** is returned.
5054 **
5055 ** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename
5056 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file
5057 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5058 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5059 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5060 ** will not roll it back.
5061 **
5062 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5063 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5064 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5065 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5066 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5067 */
5068 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5069   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5070   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5071   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5072   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5073 
5074   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5075   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5076   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5077 
5078   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5079     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5080   ));
5081 
5082   *pExists = 0;
5083   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5084     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5085   }
5086   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5087     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5088 
5089     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5090     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5091     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5092     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5093     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5094     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5095     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5096     */
5097     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5098     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5099       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5100 
5101       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5102       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5103       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5104         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5105         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5106         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5107         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5108         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5109         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5110         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5111         */
5112         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5113           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5114           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5115             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5116             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5117           }
5118           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5119         }else{
5120           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5121           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5122           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5123           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5124           ** it can be ignored.
5125           */
5126           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5127             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5128             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5129           }
5130           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5131             u8 first = 0;
5132             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5133             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5134               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5135             }
5136             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5137               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5138             }
5139             *pExists = (first!=0);
5140           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5141             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5142             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5143             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5144             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5145             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5146             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5147             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5148             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5149             */
5150             *pExists = 1;
5151             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5152           }
5153         }
5154       }
5155     }
5156   }
5157 
5158   return rc;
5159 }
5160 
5161 /*
5162 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5163 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5164 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5165 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5166 **
5167 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5168 **
5169 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5170 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5171 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5172 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5173 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5174 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5175 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5176 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5177 **
5178 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5179 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5180 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5181 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5182 **      file.
5183 **
5184 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5185 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5186 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5187 */
5188 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5189   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5190 
5191   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5192   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5193   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5194   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5195   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5196   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5197   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5198   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5199 
5200   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5201     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5202 
5203     assert( !MEMDB );
5204     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5205 
5206     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5207     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5208       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5209       goto failed;
5210     }
5211 
5212     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5213     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5214     */
5215     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5216       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5217     }
5218     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5219       goto failed;
5220     }
5221     if( bHotJournal ){
5222       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5223         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5224         goto failed;
5225       }
5226 
5227       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5228       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5229       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5230       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5231       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5232       ** hot-journal back.
5233       **
5234       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5235       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5236       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5237       ** on the database file.
5238       **
5239       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5240       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5241       */
5242       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5243       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5244         goto failed;
5245       }
5246 
5247       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5248       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5249       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5250       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5251       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5252       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5253       **
5254       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5255       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5256       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5257       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5258       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5259       */
5260       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5261         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5262         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5263         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5264             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5265         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5266           int fout = 0;
5267           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5268           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5269           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5270           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5271           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5272             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5273             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5274           }
5275         }
5276       }
5277 
5278       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5279       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5280       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5281       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5282       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5283       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5284       ** the journal before playing it back.
5285       */
5286       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5287         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5288         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5289         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5290           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5291           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5292         }
5293       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5294         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5295       }
5296 
5297       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5298         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5299         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5300         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5301         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5302         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5303         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5304         **
5305         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5306         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5307         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5308         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5309         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5310         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5311         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5312         ** references.
5313         */
5314         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5315         goto failed;
5316       }
5317 
5318       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5319       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5320            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5321       );
5322     }
5323 
5324     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5325       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5326       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5327       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5328       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5329       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5330       **
5331       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5332       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5333       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5334       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5335       ** a codec is in use.
5336       **
5337       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5338       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5339       ** it can be neglected.
5340       */
5341       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5342 
5343       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5344       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5345       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5346         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5347           goto failed;
5348         }
5349         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5350       }
5351 
5352       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5353         pager_reset(pPager);
5354 
5355         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5356         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5357         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5358         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5359         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5360         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5361         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5362           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5363         }
5364       }
5365     }
5366 
5367     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5368     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5369     */
5370     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5371 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5372     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5373 #endif
5374   }
5375 
5376   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5377     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5378     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5379   }
5380 
5381   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5382     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5383   }
5384 
5385  failed:
5386   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5387     assert( !MEMDB );
5388     pager_unlock(pPager);
5389     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5390   }else{
5391     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5392     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5393   }
5394   return rc;
5395 }
5396 
5397 /*
5398 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5399 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5400 **
5401 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5402 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5403 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5404 */
5405 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5406   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5407     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5408     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5409   }
5410 }
5411 
5412 /*
5413 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5414 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5415 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5416 **
5417 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5418 ** on the current state of the pager.
5419 **
5420 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5421 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5422 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5423 **
5424 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5425 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5426 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5427 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5428 ** object with no outstanding references.
5429 **
5430 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5431 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5432 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5433 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5434 **
5435 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5436 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5437 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5438 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5439 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5440 **
5441 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5442 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5443 **
5444 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5445 **
5446 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5447 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5448 **      from the savepoint journal.
5449 **
5450 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5451 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5452 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5453 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5454 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5455 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5456 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5457 **
5458 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5459 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5460 **
5461 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5462 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5463 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5464 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5465 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5466 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5467 ** or journal files.
5468 */
5469 static int getPageNormal(
5470   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5471   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5472   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5473   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5474 ){
5475   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5476   PgHdr *pPg;
5477   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5478   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5479 
5480   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5481   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5482   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5483   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5484 
5485   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5486   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5487   if( pBase==0 ){
5488     pPg = 0;
5489     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5490     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5491     if( pBase==0 ){
5492       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5493       goto pager_acquire_err;
5494     }
5495   }
5496   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5497   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5498   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5499   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5500 
5501   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5502   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5503     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5504     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5505     assert( pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5506     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5507     return SQLITE_OK;
5508 
5509   }else{
5510     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5511     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5512     **
5513     ** (*) obsolete.  Was: maximum page number is 2^31
5514     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5515     */
5516     if( pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5517       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5518       goto pager_acquire_err;
5519     }
5520 
5521     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5522 
5523     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5524     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5525       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5526         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5527         goto pager_acquire_err;
5528       }
5529       if( noContent ){
5530         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5531         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5532         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5533         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5534         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5535         */
5536         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5537         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5538           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5539           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5540         }
5541         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5542         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5543         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5544       }
5545       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5546       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5547     }else{
5548       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5549       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5550       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5551       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5552         goto pager_acquire_err;
5553       }
5554     }
5555     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5556   }
5557   return SQLITE_OK;
5558 
5559 pager_acquire_err:
5560   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5561   if( pPg ){
5562     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5563   }
5564   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5565   *ppPage = 0;
5566   return rc;
5567 }
5568 
5569 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5570 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5571 static int getPageMMap(
5572   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5573   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5574   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5575   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5576 ){
5577   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5578   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5579   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5580 
5581   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5582   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5583   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5584   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5585   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5586    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5587   );
5588 
5589   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5590 
5591   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5592   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5593   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5594   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5595   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5596     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5597   }
5598   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5599   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5600   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5601   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5602 
5603   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5604     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5605     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5606       *ppPage = 0;
5607       return rc;
5608     }
5609   }
5610   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5611     void *pData = 0;
5612     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5613         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5614     );
5615     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5616       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5617         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5618       }
5619       if( pPg==0 ){
5620         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5621       }else{
5622         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5623       }
5624       if( pPg ){
5625         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5626         *ppPage = pPg;
5627         return SQLITE_OK;
5628       }
5629     }
5630     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5631       *ppPage = 0;
5632       return rc;
5633     }
5634   }
5635   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5636 }
5637 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5638 
5639 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5640 static int getPageError(
5641   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5642   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5643   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5644   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5645 ){
5646   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5647   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5648   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5649   *ppPage = 0;
5650   return pPager->errCode;
5651 }
5652 
5653 
5654 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5655 */
5656 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5657   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5658   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5659   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5660   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5661 ){
5662   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5663 }
5664 
5665 /*
5666 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5667 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5668 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5669 **
5670 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5671 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5672 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5673 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5674 ** has ever happened.
5675 */
5676 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5677   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5678   assert( pPager!=0 );
5679   assert( pgno!=0 );
5680   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5681   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5682   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5683   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5684   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5685 }
5686 
5687 /*
5688 ** Release a page reference.
5689 **
5690 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5691 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5692 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5693 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5694 **
5695 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5696 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5697 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5698 */
5699 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5700   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5701   assert( pPg!=0 );
5702   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5703     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5704     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5705   }else{
5706     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5707   }
5708   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5709   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5710 }
5711 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5712   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5713 }
5714 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5715   Pager *pPager;
5716   assert( pPg!=0 );
5717   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5718   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5719   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5720   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5721   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5722 }
5723 
5724 /*
5725 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5726 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5727 ** file when this routine is called.
5728 **
5729 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5730 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5731 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5732 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5733 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5734 **
5735 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5736 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5737 ** already open file.
5738 **
5739 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5740 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5741 **
5742 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5743 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5744 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5745 */
5746 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5747   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5748   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5749 
5750   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5751   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5752   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5753 
5754   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5755   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5756   ** an error state. */
5757   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5758 
5759   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5760     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5761     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5762       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5763     }
5764 
5765     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5766     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5767       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5768         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5769       }else{
5770         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5771         int nSpill;
5772 
5773         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5774           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5775           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5776         }else{
5777           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5778           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5779         }
5780 
5781         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5782         ** it was originally opened. */
5783         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5784         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5785           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5786               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5787           );
5788         }
5789       }
5790       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5791     }
5792 
5793 
5794     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5795     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5796     */
5797     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5798       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5799       pPager->nRec = 0;
5800       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5801       pPager->setSuper = 0;
5802       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5803       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5804     }
5805   }
5806 
5807   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5808     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5809     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5810   }else{
5811     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5812     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5813   }
5814 
5815   return rc;
5816 }
5817 
5818 /*
5819 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5820 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5821 **
5822 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5823 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5824 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5825 ** functions need be called.
5826 **
5827 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5828 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5829 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5830 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5831 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5832 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5833 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5834 */
5835 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5836   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5837 
5838   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5839   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5840   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5841 
5842   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
5843     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5844 
5845     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5846       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5847       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5848       */
5849       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5850         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5851         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5852           return rc;
5853         }
5854         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5855       }
5856 
5857       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5858       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5859       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5860       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5861       */
5862       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5863     }else{
5864       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5865       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5866       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5867       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5868       */
5869       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5870       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5871         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5872       }
5873     }
5874 
5875     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5876       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5877       **
5878       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5879       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5880       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5881       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5882       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5883       ** WAL mode.
5884       */
5885       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5886       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5887       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5888       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5889       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5890     }
5891 
5892     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5893     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5894     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5895   }
5896 
5897   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5898   return rc;
5899 }
5900 
5901 /*
5902 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5903 */
5904 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5905   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5906   int rc;
5907   u32 cksum;
5908   char *pData2;
5909   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5910 
5911   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5912   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5913   ** that we do not. */
5914   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5915 
5916   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5917   pData2 = pPg->pData;
5918   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5919 
5920   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5921   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5922   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5923   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5924   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5925   ** then corruption may follow.
5926   */
5927   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5928 
5929   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5930   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5931   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5932   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5933   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5934   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5935 
5936   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5937            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5938   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5939   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5940        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5941        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5942 
5943   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5944   pPager->nRec++;
5945   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5946   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5947   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5948   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5949   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5950   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5951   return rc;
5952 }
5953 
5954 /*
5955 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5956 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5957 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5958 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5959 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5960 */
5961 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5962   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5963   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5964 
5965   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5966   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5967   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5968   */
5969   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5970        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5971        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5972   );
5973   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5974   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5975   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5976   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5977 
5978   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5979   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5980   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5981   **
5982   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5983   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5984   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5985   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5986   */
5987   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5988     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5989     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5990   }
5991   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5992   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5993 
5994   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5995   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5996 
5997   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5998   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5999   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
6000   */
6001   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
6002   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
6003    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
6004   ){
6005     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
6006     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6007       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
6008       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6009         return rc;
6010       }
6011     }else{
6012       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
6013         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6014       }
6015       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6016               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6017              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
6018     }
6019   }
6020 
6021   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6022   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
6023   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6024   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6025   */
6026   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6027 
6028   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6029   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6030   */
6031   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6032     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6033   }
6034 
6035   /* Update the database size and return. */
6036   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6037     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6038   }
6039   return rc;
6040 }
6041 
6042 /*
6043 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6044 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6045 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6046 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6047 ** a write.
6048 **
6049 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6050 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6051 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6052 */
6053 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6054   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6055   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6056   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6057   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6058   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6059   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6060   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6061   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6062 
6063   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6064   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6065   ** this function.
6066   */
6067   assert( !MEMDB );
6068   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6069   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6070 
6071   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6072   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6073   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6074   */
6075   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6076 
6077   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6078   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6079     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6080   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6081     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6082   }else{
6083     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6084   }
6085   assert(nPage>0);
6086   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6087   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6088 
6089   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6090     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6091     PgHdr *pPage;
6092     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6093       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6094         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6095         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6096           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6097           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6098             needSync = 1;
6099           }
6100           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6101         }
6102       }
6103     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6104       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6105         needSync = 1;
6106       }
6107       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6108     }
6109   }
6110 
6111   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6112   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6113   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6114   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6115   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6116   */
6117   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6118     assert( !MEMDB );
6119     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6120       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6121       if( pPage ){
6122         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6123         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6124       }
6125     }
6126   }
6127 
6128   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6129   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6130   return rc;
6131 }
6132 
6133 /*
6134 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6135 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6136 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6137 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6138 **
6139 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6140 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6141 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6142 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6143 **
6144 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6145 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6146 */
6147 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6148   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6149   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6150   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6151   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6152   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6153     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6154     return SQLITE_OK;
6155   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6156     return pPager->errCode;
6157   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6158     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6159     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6160   }else{
6161     return pager_write(pPg);
6162   }
6163 }
6164 
6165 /*
6166 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6167 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6168 ** to change the content of the page.
6169 */
6170 #ifndef NDEBUG
6171 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6172   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6173 }
6174 #endif
6175 
6176 /*
6177 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6178 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6179 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6180 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6181 ** content no longer matters.
6182 **
6183 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6184 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6185 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6186 **
6187 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6188 ** DELETE operations.
6189 **
6190 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6191 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6192 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6193 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6194 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6195 */
6196 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6197   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6198   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6199     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6200     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6201     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6202     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6203     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6204     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6205   }
6206 }
6207 
6208 /*
6209 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6210 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6211 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6212 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6213 **
6214 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6215 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6216 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6217 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6218 **
6219 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6220 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6221 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6222 ** transaction is committed.
6223 **
6224 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6225 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6226 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6227 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6228 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6229 */
6230 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6231   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6232 
6233   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6234        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6235   );
6236   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6237 
6238   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6239   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6240   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6241   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6242   **
6243   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6244   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6245   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6246   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6247   */
6248 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6249 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6250   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6251   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6252 #else
6253 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6254 #endif
6255 
6256   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6257     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6258 
6259     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6260 
6261     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6262     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6263     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6264 
6265     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6266     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6267     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6268     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6269     */
6270     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6271       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6272     }
6273 
6274     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6275       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6276       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6277 
6278       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6279       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6280         const void *zBuf;
6281         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6282         zBuf = pPgHdr->pData;
6283         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6284           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6285           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6286         }
6287         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6288           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6289           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6290           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6291           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6292           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6293           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6294         }
6295       }else{
6296         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6297       }
6298     }
6299 
6300     /* Release the page reference. */
6301     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6302   }
6303   return rc;
6304 }
6305 
6306 /*
6307 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6308 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6309 **
6310 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6311 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6312 */
6313 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
6314   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6315   void *pArg = (void*)zSuper;
6316   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6317   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6318   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6319     assert( !MEMDB );
6320     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6321   }
6322   return rc;
6323 }
6324 
6325 /*
6326 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6327 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6328 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6329 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6330 **
6331 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6332 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6333 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6334 ** returned.
6335 */
6336 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6337   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6338   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6339   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6340     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6341          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6342          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6343     );
6344     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6345     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6346       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6347     }
6348   }
6349   return rc;
6350 }
6351 
6352 /*
6353 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name
6354 ** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual
6355 ** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no
6356 ** super-journal (a single database transaction).
6357 **
6358 ** This routine ensures that:
6359 **
6360 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6361 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6362 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6363 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6364 **   * the database file synced.
6365 **
6366 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6367 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6368 ** delete the super-journal file if specified).
6369 **
6370 ** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6371 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6372 **
6373 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6374 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6375 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6376 ** journal file in this case.
6377 */
6378 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6379   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6380   const char *zSuper,            /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */
6381   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6382 ){
6383   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6384 
6385   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6386        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6387        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6388        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6389   );
6390   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6391 
6392   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6393   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6394 
6395   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6396   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6397 
6398   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n",
6399       pPager->zFilename, zSuper, pPager->dbSize));
6400 
6401   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6402   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6403 
6404   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6405   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6406   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6407     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6408     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6409     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6410     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6411   }else{
6412     PgHdr *pList;
6413     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6414       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6415       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6416       if( pList==0 ){
6417         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6418         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6419         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6420         pList = pPageOne;
6421         pList->pDirty = 0;
6422       }
6423       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6424       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6425         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6426       }
6427       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6428       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6429         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6430       }
6431     }else{
6432       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6433       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6434       ** is enabled.
6435       */
6436 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6437       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6438       int bBatch = zSuper==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6439         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6440         && !pPager->noSync
6441         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6442 #else
6443 #     define bBatch 0
6444 #endif
6445 
6446 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6447       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6448       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6449       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6450       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6451       **
6452       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6453       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6454       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6455       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6456       **
6457       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6458       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6459       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6460       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6461       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6462       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6463       ** mode.
6464       **
6465       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6466       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6467       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6468       ** created for this transaction.
6469       */
6470       if( bBatch==0 ){
6471         PgHdr *pPg;
6472         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6473             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6474             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6475             );
6476         if( !zSuper && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6477          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6478          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6479          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6480         ){
6481           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6482           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6483           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6484           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6485           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6486           */
6487           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6488         }else{
6489           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6490           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6491             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6492           }
6493         }
6494       }
6495 #else  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6496 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6497       if( zSuper ){
6498         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6499         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6500         assert( bBatch==0 );
6501       }
6502 #endif
6503       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6504 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6505       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6506 
6507       /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a
6508       ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6509       ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op.
6510       */
6511       rc = writeSuperJournal(pPager, zSuper);
6512       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6513 
6514       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6515       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6516       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6517       **
6518       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6519       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6520       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6521       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6522       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6523       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6524       */
6525       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6526       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6527 
6528       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6529 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6530       if( bBatch ){
6531         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6532         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6533           rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6534           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6535             rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6536           }
6537           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6538             sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6539           }
6540         }
6541 
6542         if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
6543           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6544           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6545             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6546             goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6547           }
6548           bBatch = 0;
6549         }else{
6550           sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6551         }
6552       }
6553 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6554 
6555       if( bBatch==0 ){
6556         rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6557       }
6558       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6559         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6560         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6561       }
6562       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6563 
6564       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6565       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6566       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6567       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6568       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6569       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6570       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6571         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6572         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6573         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6574         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6575       }
6576 
6577       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6578       if( !noSync ){
6579         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zSuper);
6580       }
6581       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6582     }
6583   }
6584 
6585 commit_phase_one_exit:
6586   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6587     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6588   }
6589   return rc;
6590 }
6591 
6592 
6593 /*
6594 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6595 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6596 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6597 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6598 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6599 **
6600 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6601 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6602 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6603 ** irrevocably committed.
6604 **
6605 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6606 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6607 */
6608 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6609   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6610 
6611   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6612   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6613   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6614   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6615   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6616 
6617   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6618        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6619        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6620   );
6621   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6622 
6623   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6624   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6625   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6626   **
6627   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6628   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6629   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6630   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6631   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6632   ** to drop any locks either.
6633   */
6634   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6635    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6636    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6637   ){
6638     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6639     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6640     return SQLITE_OK;
6641   }
6642 
6643   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6644   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 1);
6645   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6646 }
6647 
6648 /*
6649 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6650 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6651 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6652 ** state if an error occurs.
6653 **
6654 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6655 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6656 **
6657 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6658 **
6659 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6660 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6661 **      was opened, and
6662 **
6663 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6664 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6665 **
6666 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6667 ** rollback is successful.
6668 **
6669 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6670 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6671 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6672 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6673 */
6674 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6675   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6676   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6677 
6678   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6679   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6680   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6681   */
6682   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6683   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6684   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6685 
6686   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6687     int rc2;
6688     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6689     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 0);
6690     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6691   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6692     int eState = pPager->eState;
6693     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6694     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6695       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6696       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6697       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6698       */
6699       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6700       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6701       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6702       return rc;
6703     }
6704   }else{
6705     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6706   }
6707 
6708   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6709   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6710           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6711           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6712   );
6713 
6714   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6715   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6716   */
6717   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6718 }
6719 
6720 /*
6721 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6722 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6723 */
6724 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6725   return pPager->readOnly;
6726 }
6727 
6728 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6729 /*
6730 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6731 */
6732 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6733   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6734 }
6735 #endif
6736 
6737 /*
6738 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6739 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6740 */
6741 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6742   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra
6743     + (int)(sizeof(PgHdr) + 5*sizeof(void*));
6744   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6745            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6746            + pPager->pageSize;
6747 }
6748 
6749 /*
6750 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6751 */
6752 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6753   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6754 }
6755 
6756 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6757 /*
6758 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6759 */
6760 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6761   static int a[11];
6762   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6763   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6764   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6765   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6766   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6767   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6768   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6769   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6770   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6771   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6772   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6773   return a;
6774 }
6775 #endif
6776 
6777 /*
6778 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6779 ** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6780 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6781 ** it was added later.
6782 **
6783 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6784 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6785 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6786 ** returning.
6787 */
6788 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6789 
6790   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6791        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6792        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6793        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6794   );
6795 
6796   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6797   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6798   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6799            && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6800 
6801   eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6802   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6803   if( reset ){
6804     pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6805   }
6806 }
6807 
6808 /*
6809 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6810 */
6811 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6812   return pPager->tempFile;
6813 }
6814 
6815 /*
6816 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6817 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6818 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6819 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6820 **
6821 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6822 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6823 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6824 */
6825 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6826   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6827   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6828   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6829   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6830 
6831   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6832   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6833   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6834 
6835   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6836   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6837   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6838   */
6839   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6840       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6841   );
6842   if( !aNew ){
6843     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6844   }
6845   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6846   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6847 
6848   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6849   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6850     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6851     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6852       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6853     }else{
6854       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6855     }
6856     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6857     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6858     aNew[ii].bTruncateOnRelease = 1;
6859     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6860       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6861     }
6862     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6863       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6864     }
6865     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6866   }
6867   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6868   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6869   return rc;
6870 }
6871 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6872   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6873   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6874 
6875   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6876     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6877   }else{
6878     return SQLITE_OK;
6879   }
6880 }
6881 
6882 
6883 /*
6884 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6885 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6886 ** created savepoint.
6887 **
6888 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6889 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6890 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6891 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6892 **
6893 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6894 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6895 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6896 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6897 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6898 **
6899 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6900 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6901 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6902 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6903 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6904 **
6905 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6906 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6907 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6908 **
6909 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6910 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6911 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6912 */
6913 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6914   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6915 
6916 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6917   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6918 #endif
6919 
6920   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6921   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6922 
6923   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6924     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6925     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6926 
6927     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6928     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6929     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6930     */
6931     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6932     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6933       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6934     }
6935     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6936 
6937     /* Truncate the sub-journal so that it only includes the parts
6938     ** that are still in use. */
6939     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6940       PagerSavepoint *pRel = &pPager->aSavepoint[nNew];
6941       if( pRel->bTruncateOnRelease && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6942         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6943         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6944           i64 sz = (pPager->pageSize+4)*(i64)pRel->iSubRec;
6945           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, sz);
6946           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6947         }
6948         pPager->nSubRec = pRel->iSubRec;
6949       }
6950     }
6951     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6952     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6953     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6954     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6955     */
6956     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6957       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6958       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6959       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6960     }
6961 
6962 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6963     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6964     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6965     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6966     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6967     else if(
6968         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6969      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6970     ){
6971       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6972       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6973       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6974     }
6975 #endif
6976   }
6977 
6978   return rc;
6979 }
6980 
6981 /*
6982 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6983 **
6984 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6985 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6986 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6987 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6988 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6989 ** participate in shared-cache.
6990 **
6991 ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with
6992 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends.
6993 */
6994 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6995   static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
6996   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename;
6997 }
6998 
6999 /*
7000 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
7001 */
7002 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
7003   return pPager->pVfs;
7004 }
7005 
7006 /*
7007 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
7008 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
7009 ** not yet been opened.
7010 */
7011 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
7012   return pPager->fd;
7013 }
7014 
7015 /*
7016 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7017 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7018 */
7019 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
7020 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7021   return pPager->jfd;
7022 #else
7023   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
7024 #endif
7025 }
7026 
7027 /*
7028 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7029 */
7030 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
7031   return pPager->zJournal;
7032 }
7033 
7034 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7035 /*
7036 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7037 **
7038 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7039 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7040 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7041 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7042 **
7043 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7044 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7045 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7046 **
7047 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7048 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7049 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7050 ** transaction is active).
7051 **
7052 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7053 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7054 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7055 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7056 **
7057 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7058 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7059 */
7060 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7061   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7062   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7063   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7064   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7065 
7066   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7067   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7068        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7069   );
7070   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7071 
7072   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7073   ** the page we are moving from.
7074   */
7075   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7076   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7077     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7078     if( rc ) return rc;
7079   }
7080 
7081   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7082   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7083   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7084   **
7085   **   BEGIN;
7086   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7087   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7088   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7089   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7090   **
7091   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7092   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7093   ** statement were is processed.
7094   **
7095   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7096   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7097   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7098   */
7099   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7100    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7101   ){
7102     return rc;
7103   }
7104 
7105   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7106       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7107   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7108 
7109   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7110   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7111   **
7112   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7113   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7114   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7115   */
7116   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7117     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7118     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7119             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7120     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7121   }
7122 
7123   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7124   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7125   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7126   ** for the page moved there.
7127   */
7128   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7129   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7130   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
7131   if( pPgOld ){
7132     if( pPgOld->nRef>1 ){
7133       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7134       return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
7135     }
7136     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7137     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7138       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7139       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7140       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7141     }else{
7142       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7143     }
7144   }
7145 
7146   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7147   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7148   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7149 
7150   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7151   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7152   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7153   */
7154   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7155     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7156     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7157   }
7158 
7159   if( needSyncPgno ){
7160     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7161     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7162     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7163     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7164     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7165     ** flag.
7166     **
7167     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7168     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7169     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7170     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7171     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7172     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7173     */
7174     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7175     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7176     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7177       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7178         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7179         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7180       }
7181       return rc;
7182     }
7183     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7184     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7185     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7186   }
7187 
7188   return SQLITE_OK;
7189 }
7190 #endif
7191 
7192 /*
7193 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7194 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7195 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7196 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7197 */
7198 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7199   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7200   pPg->flags = flags;
7201   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7202 }
7203 
7204 /*
7205 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7206 */
7207 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7208   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7209   return pPg->pData;
7210 }
7211 
7212 /*
7213 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7214 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7215 */
7216 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7217   return pPg->pExtra;
7218 }
7219 
7220 /*
7221 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7222 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7223 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7224 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7225 **
7226 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7227 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7228 ** locking-mode.
7229 */
7230 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7231   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7232             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7233             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7234   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7235   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7236   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7237   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7238     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7239   }
7240   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7241 }
7242 
7243 /*
7244 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7245 **
7246 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7247 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7248 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7249 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7250 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7251 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7252 **
7253 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7254 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7255 **
7256 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7257 **      or _MEMORY.
7258 **
7259 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7260 **
7261 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7262 */
7263 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7264   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7265 
7266   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7267   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7268             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7269             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7270             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7271             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7272             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7273 
7274   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7275   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7276   ** to WAL mode.
7277   */
7278   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7279 
7280   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7281   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7282   */
7283   if( MEMDB ){
7284     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7285     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7286       eMode = eOld;
7287     }
7288   }
7289 
7290   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7291 
7292     /* Change the journal mode. */
7293     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7294     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7295 
7296     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7297     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7298     ** delete the journal file.
7299     */
7300     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7301     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7302     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7303     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7304     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7305     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7306 
7307     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7308     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7309 
7310       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7311       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7312       ** here is an optimization only.
7313       **
7314       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7315       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7316       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7317       */
7318       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7319       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7320         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7321       }else{
7322         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7323         int state = pPager->eState;
7324         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7325         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7326           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7327         }
7328         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7329           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7330           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7331         }
7332         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7333           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7334         }
7335         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7336           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7337         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7338           pager_unlock(pPager);
7339         }
7340         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7341       }
7342     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7343       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7344     }
7345   }
7346 
7347   /* Return the new journal mode */
7348   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7349 }
7350 
7351 /*
7352 ** Return the current journal mode.
7353 */
7354 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7355   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7356 }
7357 
7358 /*
7359 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7360 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7361 ** is unmodified.
7362 */
7363 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7364   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7365   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7366   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7367   return 1;
7368 }
7369 
7370 /*
7371 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7372 **
7373 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7374 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7375 */
7376 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7377   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7378     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7379     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7380   }
7381   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7382 }
7383 
7384 /*
7385 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7386 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7387 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7388 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7389 */
7390 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7391   return &pPager->pBackup;
7392 }
7393 
7394 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7395 /*
7396 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7397 */
7398 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7399   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7400   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7401 }
7402 #endif
7403 
7404 
7405 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7406 /*
7407 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7408 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7409 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7410 **
7411 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7412 */
7413 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7414   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7415   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7416   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7417   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7418   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7419 ){
7420   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7421   if( pPager->pWal ){
7422     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7423         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7424         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7425         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7426         pnLog, pnCkpt
7427     );
7428   }
7429   return rc;
7430 }
7431 
7432 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7433   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7434 }
7435 
7436 /*
7437 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7438 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7439 */
7440 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7441   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7442   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7443   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7444 }
7445 
7446 /*
7447 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7448 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7449 */
7450 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7451   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7452 
7453   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7454   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7455   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7456     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7457     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7458     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7459   }
7460 
7461   return rc;
7462 }
7463 
7464 /*
7465 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7466 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7467 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7468 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7469 */
7470 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7471   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7472 
7473   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7474   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7475 
7476   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7477   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7478   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7479   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7480   */
7481   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7482     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7483   }
7484 
7485   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7486   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7487   */
7488   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7489     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7490         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7491         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7492     );
7493   }
7494   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7495 
7496   return rc;
7497 }
7498 
7499 
7500 /*
7501 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7502 ** this function.
7503 **
7504 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7505 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7506 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7507 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7508 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7509 ** not modified in either case.
7510 **
7511 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7512 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7513 ** without doing anything.
7514 */
7515 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7516   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7517   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7518 ){
7519   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7520 
7521   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7522   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7523   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7524   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7525   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7526 
7527   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7528     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7529 
7530     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7531     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7532 
7533     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7534     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7535       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7536       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7537     }
7538   }else{
7539     *pbOpen = 1;
7540   }
7541 
7542   return rc;
7543 }
7544 
7545 /*
7546 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7547 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7548 **
7549 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7550 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7551 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7552 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7553 */
7554 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7555   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7556 
7557   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7558 
7559   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7560   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7561   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7562   */
7563   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7564     int logexists = 0;
7565     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7566     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7567       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7568           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7569       );
7570     }
7571     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7572       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7573     }
7574   }
7575 
7576   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7577   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7578   */
7579   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7580     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7581     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7582       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7583                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7584       pPager->pWal = 0;
7585       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7586       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7587     }
7588   }
7589   return rc;
7590 }
7591 
7592 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7593 /*
7594 ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode,
7595 ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object
7596 ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function.
7597 ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
7598 */
7599 int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){
7600   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7601   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){
7602     rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock);
7603   }
7604   return rc;
7605 }
7606 
7607 /*
7608 ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if
7609 ** blocking locks are required.
7610 */
7611 void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7612   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
7613     sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db);
7614   }
7615 }
7616 #endif
7617 
7618 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7619 /*
7620 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7621 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7622 */
7623 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7624   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7625   if( pPager->pWal ){
7626     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7627   }
7628   return rc;
7629 }
7630 
7631 /*
7632 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7633 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7634 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7635 */
7636 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(
7637   Pager *pPager,
7638   sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
7639 ){
7640   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7641   if( pPager->pWal ){
7642     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7643   }else{
7644     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7645   }
7646   return rc;
7647 }
7648 
7649 /*
7650 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7651 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7652 */
7653 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7654   int rc;
7655   if( pPager->pWal ){
7656     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7657   }else{
7658     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7659   }
7660   return rc;
7661 }
7662 
7663 /*
7664 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7665 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7666 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7667 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7668 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7669 **
7670 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7671 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7672 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7673 ** lock is released before returning.
7674 */
7675 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7676   int rc;
7677   if( pPager->pWal ){
7678     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7679   }else{
7680     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7681   }
7682   return rc;
7683 }
7684 
7685 /*
7686 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7687 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7688 */
7689 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){
7690   assert( pPager->pWal );
7691   sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal);
7692 }
7693 
7694 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7695 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7696 
7697 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7698 /*
7699 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7700 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7701 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7702 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7703 ** is empty, return 0.
7704 */
7705 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7706   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7707   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7708 }
7709 #endif
7710 
7711 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7712